blob: cc293a5979ef3c5d08b4df14ecd0283a1f437721 [file] [log] [blame]
Christian Brabandtb1392be2024-01-03 17:59:38 +01001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Jan 03
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
274The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
275For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
276The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
277highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
278after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
279
280Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
281can be used for the same group.
282
283The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
284 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
285
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200286 *hl-Ignore*
287When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
288mechanism. See |conceal|.
289
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000290==============================================================================
2913. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
292
293This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
294issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
295located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
296
297":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
298
299 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
300 |
301 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
302 |
303 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
304 | |
305 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
306 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
307 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
308 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
309 | | set yet.
310 | |
311 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
312 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
313 | |
314 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
315 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
316 |
317 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
318 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
319 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
320 | |
321 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
322 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
323 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
324 | |
325 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
326 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
327 | | *synload-4*
328 | |
329 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
330 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
331 | |
332 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
333 |
334 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
335 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
336 |
337 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
338 already loaded buffer.
339
340
341Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
342
343 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
344 |
345 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
346 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
347 | option is set to the file type.
348 |
349 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
350 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
351 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
352 | |
353 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
354 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
355 | |
356 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
357 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
358 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
359 |
360 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
361 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
362 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
363 |
364 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
365 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
366 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
367 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
368 |
369 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
370 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
371 syntax.
372
373==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003744. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000375
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003762html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200377window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200379After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
380colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
381|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
382or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200383|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
384in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200385
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000386You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
387Source the script to convert the current file: >
388
389 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
390<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200391Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
392options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
393the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
394|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000395
396Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200397- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200399- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100400 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
401 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402
403Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
404Unix shell: >
405 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
406<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200407 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
408To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
409command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
410and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
411
412 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
413 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
414 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
415<
416 *:TOhtml*
417:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
418 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200419 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
420 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
421 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
422 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200423
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200424 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
425 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
426 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
427 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
428 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
429 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
430 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
431 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200432
433 Examples: >
434
435 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
436 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
437 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
438<
439 *g:html_diff_one_file*
440Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200441When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
442page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4431, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200444Example: >
445
446 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
447<
448 *g:html_whole_filler*
449Default: 0.
450When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
451is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
452of inserted lines.
453When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
454not set.
455>
456 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
457<
458 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
459Default: 0.
460When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4612html.vim conversion process.
462When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
463but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
464files it can take a long time!
465Example: >
466
467 let g:html_no_progress = 1
468<
469You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
470run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
471moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
472
473 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
474<
475Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
476need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
477conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
478script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
479specifying each command separately.
480
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100481 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
482When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
483as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
484current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
485have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
486differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
487your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
488
489 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
490<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200491 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100492Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200493When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
494When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
495highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
496Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
497 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
498Force to omit the line numbers: >
499 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
500Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
501 :unlet g:html_number_lines
502<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100503 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200504Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
505When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
506inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
507takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
508pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
509view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200510(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200511javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
512For example: >
513
514 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
515 page.html#123 does the same
516
517 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
518 diff.html#42 does the same
519<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200520 *g:html_use_css*
521Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100522When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
523browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
525recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
526forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
527Example: >
528 :let g:html_use_css = 0
529<
530 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
531Default: 0.
532When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
533from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
534value of 'conceallevel'.
535When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
536|conceal|ed.
537
538Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
539included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
540 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
541 :setl conceallevel=0
542<
543 *g:html_ignore_folding*
544Default: 0.
545When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
546Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
547the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
548When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
549text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
550
551Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
552in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
553 zR
554 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
555<
556 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
557Default: 0.
558When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
559When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
560in Vim.
561
562Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
563regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
564
565This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
566>
567 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
568<
569 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
570Default: 0.
571When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
572Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
573open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
574'foldcolumn' setting.
575When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
576folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
577>
578 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
579<
580 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100581Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200582This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
583when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
584for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
585line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
586affected in this way as follows:
587 f: fold column
588 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
589 t: fold text
590 d: diff filler
591
592Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
593 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
594<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100595The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
596of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
597
598 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500599Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100600If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
601
602When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
603uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
604selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
605pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
606invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100607Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100608browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
609
610When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
611older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
612<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
613to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
614number of browsers, both old and new.
615
616When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
617generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
618Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
619the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
620standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200621
622 *g:html_no_invalid*
623Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100624When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
625not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
626element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
627in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
628paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
629invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
630<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
631remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200632
633 *g:html_hover_unfold*
634Default: 0.
635When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
636|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
637When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
638cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
639disabled javascript to view the folded text.
640
641Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
642feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
643normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
644they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
645>
646 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
647<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200648 *g:html_id_expr*
649Default: ""
650Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
651to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
652longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
653evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
654so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
655larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
656
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000657 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200658<
659To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
660
661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
662<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100663Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200664evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
665windows.
666
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200667 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100668Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200669When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
670not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
671When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
672used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
673window.
674Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
675 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
676Explicitly disable wrapping: >
677 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
678Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
679 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
680<
681 *g:html_no_pre*
682Default: 0.
683When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
684tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
685characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
686When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
687used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
688references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
689text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
690old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
691the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
692>
693 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
694<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100695 *g:html_no_doc*
696Default: 0.
697When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
698<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
699define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
700settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
701
702
703 *g:html_no_links*
704Default: 0.
705Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
706
707 *g:html_no_modeline*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
710
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200711 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100712Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
713 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
714 1 otherwise.
715When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200716number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100717When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200718are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
719allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
720the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
721indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
722
723Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
724 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
725<
726Force tabs to be expanded: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
728<
729 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
730It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
731|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
732
733If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
734for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
735'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
736set to match the chosen document encoding.
737
738Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
739|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
740wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
741encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
742below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
743
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100744Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200745the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
746
747 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
748 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
749
750 *g:html_use_encoding*
751Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
752To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
753name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
754something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
755webserver: >
756 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
757You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
758entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
760To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
761variable: >
762 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
763<
764 *g:html_encoding_override*
765Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
766 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
767This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
768specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
769list of conversions.
770
771This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
772pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
773
774Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
775 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
776<
777 *g:html_charset_override*
778Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
779 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
780 browser support.
781This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
782'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
783use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
784TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
785and UTF-32 instead, use: >
786 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
787
788Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
789compatibility problems with some major browsers.
790
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200791 *g:html_font*
792Default: "monospace"
793You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
794g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
795surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
796item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
797way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
798result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
799Examples: >
800
801 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
802 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
803
804 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
806<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200807 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
808Default: 0.
809When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
810When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
811>
812 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
813<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100814==============================================================================
8155. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
816
817 *b:current_syntax-variable*
818Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
819"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
820settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
821 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
822 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
823 :au BufReadPost * endif
824
825
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000826
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000827ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000828
829ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
830any value to the respective variable. Example: >
831 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
832To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
833 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
834
835Variable Highlight ~
836abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
837abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
838
839
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000840ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000841
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000842See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000843
844
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000845ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000848by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000850and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000851
852 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
853
854will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
855
856 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
857 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
858 ]]></script>
859
860See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
861
862
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000863APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000864
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100865The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
866version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
869 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000870ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
871 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
874doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
875startup vimrc: >
876 :let filetype_i = "asm"
877Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
878
879There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
880extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
881line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
882files are included:
883 asm GNU assembly (the default)
884 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
885 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
886 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
887 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
888 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
889 nasm Netwide assembly
890 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
891 MMX)
892 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
893
894The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100895 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000896Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100897one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200898immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
899equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
900between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
901particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
902highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000903
904The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
905b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000906 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
909the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
910language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000911 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000912
913As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
914
915
916Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
917
918To enable a feature: >
919 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
920To disable a feature: >
921 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
922
923Variable Highlight ~
924nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
925 (parser dependent; not recommended)
926nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
927nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
928
929
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000930ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000931
932*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
933hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
934using. For Perl script use: >
935 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
936 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
937For Visual Basic use: >
938 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
939 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
940
941
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000942BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000943
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200944The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000945for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
946are supported.
947
948Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
949in ones |.vimrc|: >
950 let baan_code_stds=1
951
952*baan-folding*
953
954Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
955mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
956source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
957
958To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
959 let baan_fold=1
960Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
961indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
962considered equal to a tab). >
963 let baan_fold_block=1
964Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000965SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000966match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
967 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000968Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000969the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
970.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
971 set foldminlines=5
972 set foldnestmax=6
973
974
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000975BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000976
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000977Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000978which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
979five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
980otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
981Basic.
982
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000983If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
984example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
985 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
986
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000987
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000988C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000989
990A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100991(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000992 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100993 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
994To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000995 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100996Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000997
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +0100998An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
999 :set filetype=cpp
1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001002*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1003*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001004*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1005*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001006*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1007*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1008*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001009 ...except { and } in first column
1010 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1011 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001012*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1013 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001014*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001015*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001016*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1017*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001018*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001019 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001020*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1021*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1022*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1023*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1024*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001025
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001026When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1027become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1028 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001029"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1030 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001031
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001032If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1033when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1034to a larger number: >
1035 :let c_minlines = 100
1036This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1037displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1038disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1039
1040When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1041works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1042you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1043
1044To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1045Example: >
1046 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1047 :function MyCadd()
1048 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1049 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1050 : hi link cMyItem Title
1051 :endfun
1052
1053ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1054"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1055not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1056highlighting: >
1057 :hi link cConstant NONE
1058
1059If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1060highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1061
1062If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001063in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001064~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001065 syn sync fromstart
1066 set foldmethod=syntax
1067
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001068CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001069
1070C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1071the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1072
1073By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1074of C or C++: >
1075 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1076
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001077
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001078CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001079
1080Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1081that are available. Additionally there is:
1082
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001083chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1084chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1085chill_minlines like c_minlines
1086
1087
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001088CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001089
1090ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1091If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1092 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1093This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1094"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1095file).
1096
1097You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1098 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1099Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1100 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1101This works immediately.
1102
1103
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001104CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1105
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001106 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1107
1108Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1109but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1110|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1111syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001112>
1113 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001114 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1115 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001116 \ }
1117<
1118Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1119
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001120There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1121this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1122dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001123
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001124By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1125"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1126namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001127
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001128
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001129 *g:clojure_fold*
1130
1131Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1132list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1133the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1134
1135
1136 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1137
1138Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1139reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001140>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001141 #_(defn foo [x]
1142 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001143<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001144Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1145(e.g. `#_#_`).
1146
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001147
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001148COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001149
1150COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1151development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1152versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1153add this line to your .vimrc: >
1154 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1155To disable it again, use this: >
1156 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1157
1158
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001159COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001160
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001161The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001162comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1163
1164 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1165
1166The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1167
1168
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001169CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1170
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001171Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001172
1173Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001174cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001175cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001176cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1177cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001178
1179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001180CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001181
1182This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1183used.
1184
1185Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1186symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1187between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001188"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1189>
1190 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001191
1192For using tcsh: >
1193
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001194 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001195
1196Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1197tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001198will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001199"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1200variable.
1201
1202
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001203CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001204
1205Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001206hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001207or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001208normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001209line to your .vimrc file: >
1210
1211 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1212
1213Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1214
1215 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1216
1217To disable these again, use this: >
1218
1219 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1220 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1221<
1222
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001223CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001224
1225Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1226doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1227startup vimrc: >
1228 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1229
1230
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001231DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1232
1233Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1234used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1235a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1236from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1237
1238More information about the language and its development environment at the
1239official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1240
1241dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1242type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1243and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1244framework.
1245
1246Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1247
1248https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1249
1250
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001251DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001252
1253Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001254according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001255https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1256To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1257 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1258Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1259To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1260 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1261g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001262
1263
Christian Brabandtb1392be2024-01-03 17:59:38 +01001264DIFF *diff.vim* *ft-diff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001265
1266The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1267there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1268
1269 :let diff_translations = 0
1270
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001271Also see |diff-slow|.
1272
Christian Brabandtb1392be2024-01-03 17:59:38 +01001273Since the Vim 9.1 release |version-9.1| the diff filetype links the diffAdded,
1274diffRemoved and diffChanged highlighting groups to |hl-DiffAdd|,
1275|hl-DiffDelete| and |hl-DiffChange| by default. If you do not want this, you
1276can change it to the previous groups like this in your |.vimrc| >
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001277
Christian Brabandtb1392be2024-01-03 17:59:38 +01001278 hi link diffRemoved Special
1279 hi link diffChanged PreProc
1280 hi link diffAdded Identifier
1281<
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001282DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001283
1284The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1285provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1286the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1287versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1288uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1289line to your startup file: >
1290 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1291
1292
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001293DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001294DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1295DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001296
1297There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1298are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1299automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1300defaults to XML.
1301You can set the type manually: >
1302 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1303or: >
1304 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1305You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1306Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1307 :set filetype=docbksgml
1308or: >
1309 :set filetype=docbkxml
1310
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001311You can specify the DocBook version: >
1312 :let docbk_ver = 3
1313When not set 4 is used.
1314
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001315
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001316DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001317
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001318Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1319supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1320NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1321and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001322Select the version you want with the following line: >
1323
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001324 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001325
1326If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001327Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001328
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001329The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1330alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1331current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1332inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1333Stack Overflow -
1334
1335https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1336
1337To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in the Windows Command
1338Interpreter or working with MS-DOS bat files, set the
1339dosbatch_colons_comment variable to anything: >
1340
1341 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1342
1343There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001344"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1345is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001346
1347 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1348
1349If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1350
1351
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001352DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1353
1354Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001355(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1356idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001357
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001358There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1359explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1360Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001361 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1362or >
1363 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1364
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001365It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1366the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1367adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001368 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1369
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001370There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1371and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001372
1373Variable Default Effect ~
1374g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1375g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1376 doxygen comments.
1377
1378doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1379 and html_my_rendering underline.
1380
1381doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1382 colour highlighting.
1383
1384doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001385 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001386
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001387There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001388configuration.
1389
1390Highlight Effect ~
1391doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1392 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1393doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1394 \endlink from a \link section.
1395
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001396
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001397DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001398
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001399The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001400case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1401
1402 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1403
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001404The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001405this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1406
1407 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1408
1409before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1410Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1411'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1412Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1413highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001414delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001415
1416 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1417
1418The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1419
1420
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001421EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001422
1423While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001424syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1425highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001426highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1427
1428 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1429
1430Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1431
1432Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1433
1434 :let eiffel_strict=1
1435 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1436
1437Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1438five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1439"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1440
1441Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1442guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1443lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1444
1445If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1446"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1447
1448 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1449
1450instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1451
1452Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1453experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1454
1455 :let eiffel_ise=1
1456
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001457Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001458
1459 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1460
1461to your startup file.
1462
1463
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001464EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1465
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001466Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001467version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001468Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1469
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001470Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1471for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001472(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1473
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001474The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1475
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001476 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1477 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1478
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001479To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001480auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1481add the following line to your startup file: >
1482
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001483 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001484
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001485< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001486
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001487 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1488
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001489Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001490specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1491file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1492filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1493Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001494
1495
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001496ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001497
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001498Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001499the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001500
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001501The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1502put the following line in your vimrc: >
1503
1504 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1505
1506To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1507
1508 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001509
1510
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001511ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1512
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001513Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1514maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001515
1516The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1517
1518 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1519
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001520Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001521specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1522file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1523filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1524Elixir.
1525
1526
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001527FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1528
1529FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001530NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001531development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001532
1533Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1534syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1535editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1536start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1537'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1538(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1539and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1540
1541If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1542move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1543 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1544
1545
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001546FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001547
1548The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1549modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001550following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001551J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1552
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001553If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001554redefine the following syntax groups:
1555
1556 - formConditional
1557 - formNumber
1558 - formStatement
1559 - formHeaderStatement
1560 - formComment
1561 - formPreProc
1562 - formDirective
1563 - formType
1564 - formString
1565
1566Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1567directives per default in the same syntax group.
1568
1569A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001570header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001571this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1572
1573 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1574
1575The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001576gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001577conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1578
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001579Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1580should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1581the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1582
1583If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1584example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1585 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1586
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001587
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001588FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1589
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001590Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1591be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1592edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1593 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001594 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1595
1596
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001597FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001600Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard) by
1601default. This choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time
1602because Fortran 2023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018,
16032008, 2003, 95, 90, and 77). A small number of features new to Fortran 2018
1604and Fortran 2023 may have been omitted at present; the transition to Fortran
16052023 will be completed in the near future. A few legacy constructs deleted or
1606declared obsolescent in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as todo
1607items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001608
1609The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1610fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1611the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001612
1613Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001614Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001615syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1616
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001617When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001618form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001619 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001620in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1621source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001622 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1623in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1624
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001625If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1626extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1627file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1628will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1629on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001630
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001631When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001632source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001633fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1634neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001635determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1636using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1637compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001638free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1639different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1640script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1641no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1642fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1643In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1644the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1645happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1646columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1647file.
1648
1649Vendor extensions ~
1650Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1651script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1652created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1653characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1654with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001655 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001656placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1657
1658If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1659set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1660 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1661placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1662
1663To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1664intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1665command such as >
1666 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1667placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001668
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001669Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001670Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001671fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001672Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001673using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001674variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1675 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001676placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001677mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1678
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001679Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001680Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1681fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001682 :let fortran_fold=1
1683to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1684is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001685subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1686units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1687constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1688fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001689 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001690then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001691select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1692be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001693
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001694The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1695comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1696non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1697or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001698items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001699
1700Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001701Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1702strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001703because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1704
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001705For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001706|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001707
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001708FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1709
1710FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1711dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1712for how to select the correct dialect.
1713
1714Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1715
1716Variable Highlight ~
1717*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1718*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1719*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1720*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1721
1722
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001724FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001725
1726In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1727the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1728appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1729patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1730number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1731
1732For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1733as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1734
1735 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1736 \ set filetype=fvwm
1737
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001738GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001739
1740The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1741the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1742is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1743are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1744
1745 htmlString
1746 htmlValue
1747 htmlEndTag
1748 htmlTag
1749 htmlTagN
1750
1751Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1752java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1753group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1754correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1755to the contains clause.
1756
1757The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1758group to make them easier to see.
1759
1760
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001761GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001762
1763The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001764under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001765of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1766filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1767(see |filetype.txt|).
1768
1769
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001770HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001771
1772The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001773Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001774syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1775
1776If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1777light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1778 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1779To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1780add: >
1781 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1782To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1783 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1784And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1785 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1786If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1787your .vimrc: >
1788 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1789
1790The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1791directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001792directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1793operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001794as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1795 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1796
1797The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1798automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1799TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001800or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001801in your .vimrc >
1802 :let lhs_markup = none
1803for no highlighting at all, or >
1804 :let lhs_markup = tex
1805to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1806For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1807this variable, so e.g. >
1808 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001809will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001810set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1811loading a file.
1812
1813
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001814HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001815
1816The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1817
1818The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1819This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001820closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1821are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001822
1823Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1824names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1825makes it easy to spot errors
1826
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001827Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001828names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1829
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001830Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001831are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1832text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1833while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001834only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001835<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001836
1837If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1838following syntax groups:
1839
1840 - htmlBold
1841 - htmlBoldUnderline
1842 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1843 - htmlUnderline
1844 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1845 - htmlItalic
1846 - htmlTitle for titles
1847 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1848
1849To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1850of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1851following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1852are read during initialization) >
1853 :let html_my_rendering=1
1854
1855If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1856http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1857
1858You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1859vimrc file: >
1860 :let html_no_rendering=1
1861
1862HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1863details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1864However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001865ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001866 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1867
1868JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1869'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001870programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1871currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001872
1873Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1874
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001875There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1876written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001877following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1878(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001879>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001880 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1881 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1882
1883Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1884the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1885
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001886 *html-folding*
1887The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1888and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1889
1890 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1891 :set foldmethod=syntax
1892
1893Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1894especially for large files.
1895
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001896
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001897HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001898
1899The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1900
1901Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1902doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1903this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1904different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1905 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1906
1907Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1908
1909Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1910signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1911a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1912 :set syntax=htmlos
1913
1914Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1915block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1916
1917
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001918IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001919
1920Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1921how to recognize this filetype.
1922
1923To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1924 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1925
1926
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001927INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001928
1929Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1930most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1931to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1932 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1933
1934By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1935and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1936you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1937need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1938 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1939
1940This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1941set of highlighted system functions.
1942
1943The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1944it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1945by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1946startup sequence: >
1947 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1948
1949By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1950version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1951Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1952startup sequence: >
1953 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1954
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001955IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1956
1957IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1958Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1959
1960IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1961rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001962repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001963
1964There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1965are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1966
1967The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1968
1969Variable Effect ~
1970
1971idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1972 extensions
1973idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1974idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1975 quite helpful)
1976idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1977
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001978
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001979JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001980
1981The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1982
1983In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1984flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001985classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1986old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001987 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1988
1989All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1990highlight them use: >
1991 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1992
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001993You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001994download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1995If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1996use the following: >
1997 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1998Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1999
2000Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002001how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002002functions:
2003
2004If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
2005a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
2006 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
2007However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
2008supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
2009 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
2010If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
2011declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
2012definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
2013original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2014
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002015In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002016only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002017statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002018your startup file: >
2019 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2020The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002021characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002022new highlightings for the following groups.:
2023 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2024which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002025strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002026have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002027
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002028Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2029creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2030similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2031and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002032 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2033 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2034 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2035 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2036 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002037 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002038 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2039To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2040 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2041
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002042If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2043can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2044scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2045actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2046CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002047 :let java_javascript=1
2048 :let java_css=1
2049 :let java_vb=1
2050
2051In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2052for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2053 :hi link javaParen Comment
2054or >
2055 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2056
2057If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2058when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2059to a larger number: >
2060 :let java_minlines = 50
2061This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2062displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2063number is that redrawing can become slow.
2064
2065
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002066JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2067
2068The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2069default. To disable concealment: >
2070 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2071
2072To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2073 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2074
2075
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002076LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002077
2078Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2079style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2080define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2081 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2082
2083
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002084LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002085
2086Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2087gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2088 :syn sync minlines=300
2089may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2090difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2091
2092
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002093LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2094
2095To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2096
2097 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2098<
2099
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002100LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2101
2102The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2103
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002104 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002105 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2106 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002107 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002108 of parenthesization will receive different
2109 highlighting.
2110<
2111The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2112the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2113colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2114specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002115usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002116highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2117
2118
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002119LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002120
2121There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2122
2123If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2124
2125 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2126
2127For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2128set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2129
2130 :let lite_minlines = 200
2131
2132
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002133LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002134
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002135LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002136file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2137users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2138should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2139
2140 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2141
2142If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002143modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002144
2145 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2146
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002147For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002148
2149 // vim:set ft=c:
2150
2151If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2152
2153There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002154used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002155and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002156assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002157you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2158
2159 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2160
2161For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2162
2163 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2164
2165For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2166
2167 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2168
2169For uLPC series of LPC:
2170uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2171instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2172
2173
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002174LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002175
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002176The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002177the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2178lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020021795.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002180
2181 :let lua_version = 5
2182 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183
2184
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002185MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002186
2187Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002188quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002189signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2190whitespaces and end with a newline.
2191
2192Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002193as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002194only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2195
2196By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002197displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002198with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2199
2200 :let mail_minlines = 30
2201
2202
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002203MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002204
2205In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2206errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2207feature off by using: >
2208
2209 :let make_no_commands = 1
2210
2211
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002212MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002213
2214Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2215supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2216The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2217highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2218
2219 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2220
2221to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2222choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22231, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2224$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2225
2226 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2227 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2228 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2229 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2230 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2231 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2232 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2233 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2234 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2235
2236
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002237MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2238
2239If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2240slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
2241the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
2242
2243 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2244
2245
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002246MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002247
2248Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2249have the following in your .vimrc: >
2250
2251 let filetype_m = "mma"
2252
2253
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002254MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2255
2256Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2257dialect.
2258
2259The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2260
2261 taggedComment :=
2262 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2263 ;
2264
2265 dialectTag :=
2266 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2267 ;
2268
2269 reserved words
2270 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2271
2272A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2273lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2274additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2275
2276Example: >
2277
2278 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2279 ...
2280
2281Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2282dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2283defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2284
2285Example: >
2286
2287 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2288
2289
2290Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2291variables.
2292
2293Variable Highlight ~
2294*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2295*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2296*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2297
2298*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2299*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2300*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2301
2302*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2303
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002304MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002305
2306If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2307highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2308comments: >
2309
2310 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2311
2312To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2313
2314 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2315
2316To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2317'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2318
2319 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2320
2321Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2322
2323 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2324
2325To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2326
2327 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2328
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002329Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002330use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2331To enable this option: >
2332
2333 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2334
2335An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2336
2337 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2338
2339
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002340MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002341
2342There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2343
2344If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2345
2346 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2347
2348For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2349set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2350
2351 :let msql_minlines = 200
2352
2353
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002354N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2355
2356N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2357Couchbase Server databases.
2358
2359Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2360and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2361many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2362
2363
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002364NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002365
2366There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2367
2368If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2369errors, use this: >
2370
2371 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2372
2373If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2374
2375
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002376NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002377
2378The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2379activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2380can use them.
2381
2382For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002383processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002384features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2385|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002386
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002387 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002388
2389Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2390Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2391there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002392you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002393can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2394native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2395\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2396accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2397environments.
2398
2399In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2400follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2401
24021. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2403
24042. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2405 exclamation mark, etc.
2406
24073. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2408 carriage return.
2409
2410The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2411algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2412
2413Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2414furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2415vertical space input will be output as is.
2416
2417Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2418than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2419practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002420marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002421need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002422spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2423
2424 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2425
2426Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2427with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2428highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002429"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002430
2431 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2432 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2433 \ gui=reverse,bold
2434
2435If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2436with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2437file: >
2438
2439 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2440
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002441As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002442paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2443
2444Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2445groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2446
2447
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002448OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002449
2450The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2451.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2452
2453 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2454
2455you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2456by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2457
2458 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2459
2460prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2461contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2462
2463
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002464PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002465
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002466The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002467and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002468as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2469sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002470you set the variable: >
2471
2472 :let papp_include_html=1
2473
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002474in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002475sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002476edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002477
2478The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2479http://papp.plan9.de.
2480
2481
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002482PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002483
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002484Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2485could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2486or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002487
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002488 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2489 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002490
2491The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2492provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002493Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002494enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2495following line to your startup file: >
2496
2497 :let pascal_traditional=1
2498
2499To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2500keywords, etc): >
2501
2502 :let pascal_delphi=1
2503
2504
2505The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2506*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2507operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2508
2509 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2510
2511Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2512
2513 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2514
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002515Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002516pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2517match Turbo Pascal. >
2518
2519 :let pascal_gpc=1
2520
2521or >
2522
2523 :let pascal_fpc=1
2524
2525To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2526pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2527
2528 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2529
2530If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2531will be highlighted as Error. >
2532
2533 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2534
2535
2536
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002537PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002538
2539There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2540
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002541Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2542to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2543files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002544
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002545 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002546
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002547To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002548off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002549
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002550To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2551from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002552
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002553 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002554
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002555(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2556enabled it.)
2557
2558If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2559
2560 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2561
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002562(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002563
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002564The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2565be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002566perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2567
2568 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2569 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2570 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2571
2572(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2573
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002574The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002575synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2576If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002577then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2578figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002579
2580One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2581
2582 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2583 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2584
2585Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2586its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2587
2588 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2589
2590If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2591
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002592 :let perl_fold = 1
2593
2594If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2595
2596 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002597
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002598Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2599this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002600
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002601 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002602
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002603Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2604via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002605
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002606 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2607
2608Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2609behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2610
2611 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002612
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002613PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002614
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002615[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002616it has been renamed to "php"]
2617
2618There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2619
2620If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2621
2622 let php_sql_query = 1
2623
2624For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2625
2626 let php_baselib = 1
2627
2628Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2629
2630 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2631
2632Using the old colorstyle: >
2633
2634 let php_oldStyle = 1
2635
2636Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2637
2638 let php_asp_tags = 1
2639
2640Disable short tags: >
2641
2642 let php_noShortTags = 1
2643
2644For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2645
2646 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2647
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002648For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002649one: >
2650
2651 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2652
2653Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2654
2655 let php_folding = 1
2656
2657Selecting syncing method: >
2658
2659 let php_sync_method = x
2660
2661x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2662x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2663x = 0 to sync from start.
2664
2665
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002666PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2667
2668TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2669variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002670see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002671
2672This syntax file has the option >
2673
2674 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2675
2676if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2677
2678
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002679PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002680
2681PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2682
2683This syntax file has the options:
2684
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002685- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002686 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687
2688 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002689 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002690
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002691 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002692 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002693 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694
2695 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2696
2697- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2698 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2699
2700
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002701PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002702
2703There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2704
2705If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2706
2707 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2708
2709For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2710set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2711
2712 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2713
2714
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002715POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002716
2717There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2718
2719First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2720currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2721and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2722Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2723extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2724level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2725highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2726
2727 :let postscr_level=2
2728
2729If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2730the most prevalent version currently.
2731
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002732Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002733particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2734PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2735
2736If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2737Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2738follows: >
2739
2740 :let postscr_display=1
2741
2742If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2743Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2744postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2745
2746 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2747
2748PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2749useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2750cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2751character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2752explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2753highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2754
2755 :let postscr_fonts=1
2756 :let postscr_encodings=1
2757
2758There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2759PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2760operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2761if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2762operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2763or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2764highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2765postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2766
2767 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2768<
2769
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002770 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2771PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002772
2773This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2774
2775In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2776the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2777appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2778patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2779"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2780
2781For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2782files, add the following: >
2783
2784 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2785 \ set filetype=ptcap
2786
2787If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2788are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2789internal variable to a larger number: >
2790
2791 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2792
2793(The default is 20 lines.)
2794
2795
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002796PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002797
2798Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2799doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2800startup vimrc: >
2801 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2802The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2803Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2804 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2805 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2806
2807
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002808PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002809
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002810There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002811
2812For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002813 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002814
2815For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002816 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002817
2818For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002819 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2820
2821For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2822 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2823or >
2824 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002825The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002826
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002827For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002828 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002829
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002830If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002831 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002832This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2833unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002834
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002835If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2836you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002837Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2838 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002839This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2840
2841Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2842 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2843
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002844
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002845QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002846
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002847The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2848based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2849between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2850definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2851to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2852be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002853
2854set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2855 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2856
2857set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2858 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2859
2860set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2861 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2862
2863Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2864commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2865
2866
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002867R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2868
2869The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2870can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2871 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2872
2873You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2874 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2875
2876enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2877braces: >
2878 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2879
2880and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2881 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2882
2883
2884R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2885
2886To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2887 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2888
2889To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2890 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2891
2892To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2893 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2894
2895By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00002896language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
2897highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
2898is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
2899behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
2900and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
2901 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
2902 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
2903 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
2904 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
2905 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
2906
2907If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
2908list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
2909the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002910 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2911
2912
2913R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2914
2915To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2916 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2917
2918
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002919READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002920
2921The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002922few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002923items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2924command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2925 let readline_has_bash = 1
2926
2927This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2928later, and part earlier) adds.
2929
2930
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002931REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2932
2933Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2934language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2935the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2936
2937
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002938RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2939
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002940Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2941select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2942syntax list.
2943
2944To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002945 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002946
2947To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2948`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2949 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002950 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2951 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002952 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002953 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002954
2955To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2956 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2957
2958To enable folding of sections: >
2959 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2960
2961Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2962
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002963
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002964REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002965
2966If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2967when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2968to a larger number: >
2969 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2970This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2971displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2972number is that redrawing can become slow.
2973
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002974Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2975comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2976your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2977>
2978 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2979
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002980
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002981RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002982
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002983 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2984 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2985 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2986 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2987 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2988
2989 *ruby_operators*
2990 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2991
2992Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2993
2994 :let ruby_operators = 1
2995<
2996 *ruby_space_errors*
2997 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2998
2999Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3000
3001 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3002<
3003This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3004as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3005"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3006spaces respectively.
3007
3008 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3009 Ruby: Folding ~
3010
3011Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3012
3013 :let ruby_fold = 1
3014<
3015This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3016buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3017filetypes.
3018
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003019Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3020"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3021
3022You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3023
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003024 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003025<
3026The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3027
3028 keyword meaning ~
3029 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3030 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3031 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003032 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003033 def "def" block
3034 class "class" block
3035 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003036 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003037 begin "begin" block
3038 case "case" block
3039 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003040 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3041 [ Array literal
3042 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3043 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003044 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003045 : Symbol
3046 # Multiline comment
3047 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003048 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3049
3050 *ruby_no_expensive*
3051 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003052
3053By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003054of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003055experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3056you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003057
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003058 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003059<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003060In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3061
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003062 *ruby_minlines*
3063
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003064If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3065scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3066the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003067
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003068 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003069<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003070Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3071largest class or module.
3072
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003073 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3074 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003075
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003076Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3077"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003078
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003079 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003080<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003081
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003082SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003083
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003084By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003085
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003086scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3087Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003088
3089
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003090SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003091
3092The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3093of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3094
3095The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3096case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003097used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003098highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3099 :let sdl_2000=1
3100
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003101This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003102keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3103 :let SDL_no_96=1
3104
3105
3106The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3107satisfied with it for my own projects.
3108
3109
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003110SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003111
3112To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003113highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003114
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003115 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3116<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003117in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3118inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3119by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3120also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3121you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3122
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003123GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3124comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3125comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3126
3127 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3128<
3129Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3130not (yet) affected by this setting.
3131
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003132Bugs:
3133
3134 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3135 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3136 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3137 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3138 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3139 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3140
3141
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003142SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003143
3144The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3145
3146The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3147This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3148closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3149defined for you)
3150
3151Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3152names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3153
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003154Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003155names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3156
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003157Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003158are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3159text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3160<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3161
3162If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3163following syntax groups:
3164
3165 - sgmlBold
3166 - sgmlBoldItalic
3167 - sgmlUnderline
3168 - sgmlItalic
3169 - sgmlLink for links
3170
3171To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3172following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3173are read during initialization) >
3174 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3175
3176You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3177vimrc file: >
3178 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3179
3180(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3181
3182
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003183 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003184SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003185
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003186This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3187shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003188
3189Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003190various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003191
3192 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3193 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3194<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003195See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3196cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3197/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3198that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3199shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3200symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003201
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003202One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003203variables in your <.vimrc>:
3204
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003205 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003206 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003207< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003208 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003209< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003210 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003211< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003212 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003213
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003214< (dash users should use posix)
3215
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003216If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3217default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003218the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3219statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003220sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003221
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003222The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3223
3224 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3225 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3226 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3227 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003228>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003229then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003230syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3231to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003232
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003233 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3234
3235If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3236when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003237to a larger number. Example: >
3238
3239 let sh_minlines = 500
3240
3241This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3242displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3243number is that redrawing can become slow.
3244
3245If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3246reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3247
3248 let sh_maxlines = 100
3249<
3250The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3251speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3252
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003253syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003254unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003255for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3256the following line in your .vimrc: >
3257
3258 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3259<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003260
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003261 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3262 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003263
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003264You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3265Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3266file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3267
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003268 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003269 " ==============
3270 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3271 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3272 unlet b:current_syntax
3273 endif
3274 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3275 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3276 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3277 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3278 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3279<
3280This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3281 awk '...awk code here...'
3282be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3283extended to other languages.
3284
3285
3286SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3287(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003288
3289The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3290
3291- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3292 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3293 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3294
3295- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3296 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003297 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003298 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3299 them in the syntax file.
3300
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003301- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003302 highlighting of # style comments.
3303
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003304 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003305 number of #s.
3306
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003307 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003308 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003309
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003310 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003311 more than one #.
3312
3313Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003314PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003315fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3316the syntax file.
3317
3318
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003319SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3320 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003321 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003322
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003323While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3324custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3325SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003326
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003327Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3328scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3329supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3330buffer by buffer basis.
3331
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003332For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003333
3334
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003335SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3336
3337Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3338designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3339bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3340with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3341
3342
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003343TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003344
3345This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3346for how the filetype is detected.
3347
3348Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003349is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3350add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003351
3352 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3353
3354If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3355when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3356to a larger number: >
3357
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003358 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003359
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003360This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3361displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3362synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3363tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3364redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003365
3366
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003367TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003368 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003369
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003370 Tex Contents~
3371 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3372 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3373 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3374 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3375 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3376 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3377 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3378 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3379 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3380 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3381 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3382 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3383 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003384 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003385 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003386
3387 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003388 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003389
3390As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3391sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3392 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3393in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3394modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3395 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003396If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003397 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003398<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003399 *g:tex_nospell*
3400 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3401
3402If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3403 let g:tex_nospell=1
3404into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3405comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3406
3407 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003408 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003409
3410Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3411prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3412this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3413 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003414If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3415see |g:tex_nospell|.
3416
3417 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003418 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003419
3420Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3421one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3422want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3423 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003424<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003425 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003426 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003427
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003428The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3429highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3430texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3431terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3432as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003433special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3434 %stopzone
3435which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3436texMathZone.
3437
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003438 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003439 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003440
3441If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3442 :syn sync maxlines=200
3443 :syn sync minlines=50
3444(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003445increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003446if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3447
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003448Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3449|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3450
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003451 *g:tex_fast*
3452
3453Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3454
3455 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3456
3457in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3458highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3459synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3460price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3461folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3462
3463You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3464selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3465
3466 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3467 c : allow texComment syntax
3468 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3469 M : allow texMath syntax
3470 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3471 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3472 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3473 S : allow texStyle syntax
3474 v : allow verbatim syntax
3475 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3476<
3477As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3478but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003479(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003480
3481 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003482 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003483
3484LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3485of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3486package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3487it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3488techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003489by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3490which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3491http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003492
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003493I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3494
3495 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3496<
3497The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3498
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003499 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003500 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003501
3502The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3503although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3504errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3505you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003506 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003507and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003508
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003509 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003510 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003511
3512If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3513code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003514 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3515You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3516(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3517As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3518 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3519You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3520and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3521The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3522has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003523
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003524 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003525 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003526
3527One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3528commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3529following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3530such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3531
3532 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3533 :set ft=tex
3534
3535Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3536always accept such use of @.
3537
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003538 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003539 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003540
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003541If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3542number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3543including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3544superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3545superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3546In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3547
3548One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3549with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003550
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003551 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003552 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3553
3554You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003555<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3556for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003557
3558 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003559 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003560 d = delimiters
3561 m = math symbols
3562 g = Greek
3563 s = superscripts/subscripts
3564<
3565By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3566substitution will not be made.
3567
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003568 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3569 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3570
3571Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3572keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3573syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3574
3575 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3576 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3577 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003578 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003579 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3580 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3581 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003582 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003583
3584 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3585 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3586
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003587 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3588 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3589
3590 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3591
3592 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3593 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3594
3595 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3596 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3597 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3598 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3599
3600 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3601 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3602<
3603 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3604 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3605 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3606< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3607 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3608
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003609 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3610 Tex: Match Check Control~
3611
3612 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003613 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3614 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003615 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3616 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3617 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3618< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3619 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3620 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3621< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3622 regions, >
3623 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3624< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003625
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003626TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003627
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003628There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3629
3630For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3631set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3632
3633 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3634<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003635VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3636 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003637There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003638updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3639g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3640improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003641
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003642 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3643 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3644<
3645 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3646 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003647
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003648 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3649The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3650embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003651
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003652 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3653 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003654 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3655 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3656 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3657 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3658 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003659<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003660By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3661itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3662of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3663and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003664 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003665
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003666Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003667
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003668 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3669 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3670 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003671 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003672 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3673 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3674 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3675 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3676 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003677<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003678 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003679Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3680is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003681highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003682
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003683 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3684<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003685
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003686
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003687WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3688
3689The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3690with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3691bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3692https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3693
3694
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003695XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003696
3697The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3698variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3699You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3700xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3701your .vimrc. Example: >
3702 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3703When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3704
3705Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3706"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3707highlighted.
3708
3709
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003710XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003711
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003712Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003713setting a global variable: >
3714
3715 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3716<
3717 *xml-folding*
3718The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003719start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003720
3721 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3722 :set foldmethod=syntax
3723
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003724Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003725especially for large files.
3726
3727
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003728X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003729
3730xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3731XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3732you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3733
3734To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3735somewhere else with "P".
3736
3737Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3738 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003739 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003740 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003741 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3742 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003743 :endfunction
3744 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3745 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3746This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3747It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3748must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3749
3750It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3751 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3752
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003753
3754YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3755
3756 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003757A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3758non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3759plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3760and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3761integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003762will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3763
3764Schema Description ~
3765failsafe No additional highlighting.
3766json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3767core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003768pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3769 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3770 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003771 schema.
3772
3773Default schema is `core`.
3774
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003775Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3776only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003777difference defined in the syntax file.
3778
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003779
3780ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3781
3782The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3783
3784 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3785
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003786==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010037876. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003788
3789Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3790
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037911. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003792 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3793 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3794 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3795 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3796 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3797 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003798
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037992. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003800 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3801
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000038023. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003803 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3804 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3805 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3806
3807Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3808you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3809to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3810and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3811"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3812one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3813This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3814each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3815for a lot of groups.
3816
3817Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3818group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3819for the syntax group with the same name.
3820
3821In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3822defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3823using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3824match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3825keyword with ignoring case.
3826
3827
3828PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3829
3830When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3831
38321. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3833 defined last has priority.
38342. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
38353. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3836 start in later positions.
3837
3838
3839DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3840
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003841:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003842 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3843 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3844 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3845 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3846
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003847:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003848 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003849
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003850
3851DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3852
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003853:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3854:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003855 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3856 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3857
3858 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3859 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3860
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003861 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003862 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3863 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3864 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3865
3866:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003867 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3868 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003869
3870 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3871
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003872SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3873
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003874:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3875:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3876:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003877 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3878 in a syntax item:
3879
3880 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3881 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3882 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3883
3884 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3885 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3886 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3887
3888 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3889
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003890:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003891 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3892 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003893
3894
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003895SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3896
3897:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3898 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3899 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3900
3901 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3902 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00003903 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003904
3905 Example: >
3906 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3907<
3908 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3909 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3910 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3911
3912 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3913
3914 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003915 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003916 match.
3917
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003918 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3919 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003920 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003921
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003922DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3923
3924:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3925
3926 This defines a number of keywords.
3927
3928 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3929 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3930 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3931
3932 Example: >
3933 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3934<
3935 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3936 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3937 These examples do exactly the same: >
3938 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3939 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3940 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003941< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003942 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3943 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3944 variations at once: >
3945 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3946<
3947 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3948 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3949 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3950 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3951 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003952 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003953
3954 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3955 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3956 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3957
3958 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3959 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3960 instead.
3961
3962 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3963
3964 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3965 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3966 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003967 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003968 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3969 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3970< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3971 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3972 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3973
3974
3975DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3976
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003977:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3978 [excludenl]
3979 [keepend]
3980 {pattern}
3981 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003982
3983 This defines one match.
3984
3985 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3986 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3987 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3988 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3989 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003990 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3991 match with the end pattern. See
3992 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003993 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3994 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3995 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3996 line, which makes the match depend on where
3997 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3998 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3999
4000 Example (match a character constant): >
4001 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4002<
4003
4004DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4005 *E398* *E399*
4006:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4007 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4008 [keepend]
4009 [extend]
4010 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004011 start={start-pattern} ..
4012 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4013 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004014 [{options}]
4015
4016 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4017
4018 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4019 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4020 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4021 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4022 for the text in between the matched start and
4023 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4024 a different group for the start or end match.
4025 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4026 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4027 match with the end pattern. See
4028 |:syn-keepend|.
4029 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004030 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004031 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4032 extend a containing match or item. Only
4033 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4034 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004035 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004036 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004037 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004038 the region where not to look for the end
4039 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004040 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004041 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4042
4043 Example: >
4044 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4045<
4046 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4047 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4048 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4049 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4050 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4051 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4052
4053 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4054 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4055 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4056 the end patterns.
4057
4058 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4059 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4060 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4061
4062 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4063 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4064 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4065 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4066
4067 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4068 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4069 work: >
4070 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4071 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4072< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4073 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4074 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4075 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4076 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4077< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4078 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4079
4080 *:syn-keepend*
4081 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4082 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4083 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4084 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4085 { starts outer "{}" region
4086 { starts contained "{}" region
4087 } ends contained "{}" region
4088 } ends outer "{} region
4089 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4090 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4091 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4092 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4093 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4094 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4095 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4096< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4097 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4098
4099 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4100 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4101 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4102 contained matches.
4103 *:syn-extend*
4104 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4105 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4106 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4107 extended.
4108 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4109 others don't. Example: >
4110
4111 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4112 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4113 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4114
4115< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4116 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4117 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4118
4119 Another example: >
4120 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4121< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4122 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4123 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4124 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4125 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4126
4127 *:syn-excludenl*
4128 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4129 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4130 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4131 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4132 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4133 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4134 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4135 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4136 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4137 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4138 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4139 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4140 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4141
4142 *:syn-matchgroup*
4143 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4144 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4145 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4146< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4147 between with the "String" group.
4148 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4149 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4150 using a matchgroup.
4151
4152 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4153 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4154 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4155 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4156 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4157
4158 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4159 different colors: >
4160 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4161 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4162 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4163 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4164 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4165 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004166<
4167 *E849*
4168The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004169
4170==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041717. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004172
4173The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4174The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4175and may be mixed with patterns.
4176
4177Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4178can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004179 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004180 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4181:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4182:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4183:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004184
4185These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004186 conceal
4187 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004188 contained
4189 containedin
4190 nextgroup
4191 transparent
4192 skipwhite
4193 skipnl
4194 skipempty
4195
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004196conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4197
4198When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004199Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004200'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4201concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4202edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004203Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004204
4205concealends *:syn-concealends*
4206
4207When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4208the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4209Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4210'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4211in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4212
4213cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004214 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004215The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4216when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4217argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004218character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4219a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004220 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004221See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004222
4223contained *:syn-contained*
4224
4225When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4226the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4227another match. Example: >
4228 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4229 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4230
4231
4232display *:syn-display*
4233
4234If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4235detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4236by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4237to be displayed.
4238
4239Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4240conditions:
4241- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4242 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4243 line.
4244- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4245 make it continue on the next line.
4246- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4247 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4248 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4249- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4250 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4251 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4252 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4253
4254Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4255- match with a number
4256- match with a label
4257
4258
4259transparent *:syn-transparent*
4260
4261If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4262itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4263is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4264only to skip over a part of the text.
4265
4266The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4267unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4268avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4269highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4270 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4271 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4272 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4273 :hi link myString String
4274 :hi link myWord Comment
4275Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4276match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4277argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4278it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4279out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004280"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004281happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4282position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4283
4284When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4285items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4286see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4287through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4288
4289 look from here
4290
4291 | | | | | |
4292 V V V V V V
4293
4294 xxxx yyy more contained items
4295 .................... contained item (transparent)
4296 ============================= first item
4297
4298The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4299transparent group.
4300
4301What you see is:
4302
4303 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4304
4305Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4306
4307
4308oneline *:syn-oneline*
4309
4310The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4311boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4312region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4313the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4314continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4315line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4316
4317When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4318pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4319end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4320means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4321be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4322line break.
4323
4324
4325fold *:syn-fold*
4326
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004327The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004328Example: >
4329 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4330 :syn sync fromstart
4331 :set foldmethod=syntax
4332This will make each {} block form one fold.
4333
4334The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4335ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4336The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004337See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4338from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004339{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4340
4341
4342 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004343contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004344
4345The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4346groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4347containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4348regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4349this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4350here.
4351
4352contains=ALL
4353 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4354 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4355
4356contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4357 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4358 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4359 are listed. Example: >
4360 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4361
4362contains=TOP
4363 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4364 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4365 argument.
4366contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4367 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4368
4369contains=CONTAINED
4370 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4371 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4372 argument.
4373contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4374 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4375 listed.
4376
4377
4378The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4379that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4380The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4381 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4382The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4383that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4384command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4385syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4386the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4387group names.
4388
4389The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4390region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4391|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4392region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4393area that is highlighted
4394
4395
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004396containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004397
4398The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4399item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4400containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4401
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004402The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004403
4404This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4405be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4406of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4407the C syntax: >
4408 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4409Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4410level.
4411
4412Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4413appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4414keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4415work.
4416
4417
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004418nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004419
4420The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4421separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4422
4423If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4424tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4425a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4426will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4427current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4428other groups. Example: >
4429 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4430 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4431 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4432
4433This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4434"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4435highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4436
4437 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4438 fff bbb fff bbb
4439
4440Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4441when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4442highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4443would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4444
4445
4446skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4447skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4448skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4449
4450These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4451used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004452 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004453 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4454 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4455
4456When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4457next group that matches the white space.
4458
4459When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4460line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4461line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4462the current item in the same line.
4463
4464When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4465groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4466for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4467space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4468
4469Example: >
4470 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4471 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4472 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4473Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4474match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4475precedence.
4476Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4477"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4478example).
4479
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004480IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4481
4482:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4483 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4484 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4485 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4486 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4487 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4488 given explicitly.
4489
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004490:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004491 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004492
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004493==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044948. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004495
4496In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4497characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4498use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4499use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4500 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4501 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4502
4503See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004504always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004505value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4506not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4507independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4508
4509Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4510This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4511
4512 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4513The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4514change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4515match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4516are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4517pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4518
4519The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4520The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4521
4522ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4523me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4524hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4525he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4526rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4527re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4528lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4529
4530The {offset} can be:
4531
4532s start of the matched pattern
4533s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4534s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4535e end of the matched pattern
4536e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4537e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004538{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004539
4540Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4541
4542Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4543meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4544
4545 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4546match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4547region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4548region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4549region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4550
4551Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4552 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4553<
4554 some "string" text
4555 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4556
4557Notes:
4558- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4559 offset(s).
4560- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4561- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4562 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004563- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004564 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004565 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004566- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4567 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4568 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4569
4570Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4571 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4572<
4573 /* this is a comment */
4574 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4575
4576A more complicated Example: >
4577 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4578<
4579 abcfoostringbarabc
4580 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004581 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004582
4583Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4584
4585Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4586with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004587in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004588
4589The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4590be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4591cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4592characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4593used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4594specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4595
4596 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4597 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4598 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4599<
4600 ___zzzz ___wwww
4601 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4602 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4603 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4604
4605The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4606unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4607
4608
4609Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4610
4611The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4612expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4613
4614When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4615allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004616following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4617the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004618
4619The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4620continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4621matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4622halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4623previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4624is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4625 x x a
4626 b x x
4627Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4628after the "\n".
4629
4630
4631External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4632
4633These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4634
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004635 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004636 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4637 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4638 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004639
4640 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4641 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4642 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4643 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4644
4645Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4646sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4647shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4648items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4649referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4650example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4651 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4652
4653As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4654it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004655changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004656first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4657also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004658 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004659
4660Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4661indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4662to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4663Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4664within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4665sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4666the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4667
4668Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4669cannot be referred to.
4670
4671==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046729. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004673
4674:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4675 [add={group-name}..]
4676 [remove={group-name}..]
4677
4678This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4679single name.
4680
4681 contains={group-name}..
4682 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4683 add={group-name}..
4684 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4685 remove={group-name}..
4686 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4687
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004688A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4689nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4690this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004691
4692Example: >
4693 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4694 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4695
4696As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4697retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4698to speak: >
4699 :syntax keyword A aaa
4700 :syntax keyword B bbb
4701 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4702 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4703 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4704
4705This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4706 :syntax keyword A aaa
4707 :syntax keyword B bbb
4708 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4709 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4710 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4711 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4712 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004713<
4714 *E848*
4715The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004716
4717==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100471810. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004719
4720It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4721a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4722two different ways:
4723
4724 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4725 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4726 the |:runtime| command: >
4727
4728 " In cpp.vim:
4729 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4730 :unlet b:current_syntax
4731
4732< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4733 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4734 ":syntax include" command:
4735
4736:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4737
4738 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4739 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4740 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4741 that list. >
4742
4743 " In perl.vim:
4744 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4745 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4746<
4747 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4748 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4749 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4750 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4751 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004752 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4753 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004754
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004755 *E847*
4756The maximum number of includes is 999.
4757
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004758==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100475911. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004760
4761Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4762make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4763redrawing starts.
4764
4765:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4766
4767There are four ways to synchronize:
47681. Always parse from the start of the file.
4769 |:syn-sync-first|
47702. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4771 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4772 |:syn-sync-second|
47733. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4774 |:syn-sync-third|
47754. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4776 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4777
4778 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4779For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4780limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4781
4782If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4783that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4784lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4785
4786If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4787for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4788adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4789slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004790 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004791<
4792 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4793When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4794cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4795start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4796the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4797break use this: >
4798 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4799The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4800change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4801value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4802
4803
4804First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4805>
4806 :syntax sync fromstart
4807
4808The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4809accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4810so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004811when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004812case: to the end of the file).
4813
4814Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4815
4816
4817Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4818
4819For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4820Example: >
4821 :syntax sync ccomment
4822
4823When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4824comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4825used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4826An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4827 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4828This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4829used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4830region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4831
4832The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4833lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4834lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4835lines, but it hard to sync on).
4836
4837Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4838that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4839is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4840chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4841is hardly ever noticed.
4842
4843
4844Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4845
4846For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4847Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4848means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4849Example: >
4850 :syntax sync minlines=50
4851
4852"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4853
4854
4855Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4856
4857The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4858sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4859region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4860starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4861the search continues backwards in the file.
4862
4863This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4864matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4865- Keywords cannot be used.
4866- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4867 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4868- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4869 forwards.
4870- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4871 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4872 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004873 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004874- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4875 group of continued lines).
4876- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4877 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4878 line (or group of continued lines).
4879- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4880 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4881 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4882 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4883
4884There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
48851. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4886 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4887 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4888 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
48892. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4890 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4891 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4892 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4893Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4894
4895Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4896avoid finding unwanted matches.
4897
4898[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4899search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4900highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4901faster.]
4902
4903 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4904 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4905
4906 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4907 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4908 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4909 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4910 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4911
4912 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4913 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4914
4915 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4916 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4917 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4918 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4919 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4920 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4921 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4922 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4923 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4924 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4925
4926 :syntax sync match ..
4927 :syntax sync region ..
4928
4929 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4930 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4931
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004932 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004933 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4934
4935 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4936 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4937 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4938
4939If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4940searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4941few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4942 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4943
4944You can clear all sync settings with: >
4945 :syntax sync clear
4946
4947You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4948 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4949
4950==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100495112. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004952
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004953This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004954
4955 :sy[ntax] [list]
4956
4957To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4958
4959 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4960
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004961To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004962
4963 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4964
4965See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4966
4967Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4968is mostly used, because it looks better.
4969
4970==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100497113. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004972
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01004973In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004974and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4975of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00004976
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004977 colorscheme pablo
4978<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004979 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004980:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4981 This is basically the same as >
4982 :echo g:colors_name
4983< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4984 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4985 feature it will output "unknown".
4986
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004987:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004988 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004989 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004990 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4991 "start" and then under "opt".
4992
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004993 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004994 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004995
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004996You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
4997appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
4998the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
4999darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005000
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005001 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5002 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005003<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005004For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5005use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5006the original color scheme: >
5007 runtime colors/evening.vim
5008 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005009
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005010Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5011(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5012autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5013|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5014
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005015 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005016If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5017using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5018color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5019 augroup my_colorschemes
5020 au!
5021 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5022 augroup END
5023
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005024Change a couple more colors: >
5025 augroup my_colorschemes
5026 au!
5027 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005028 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005029 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5030 augroup END
5031
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005032If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5033colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5034 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5035 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5036
5037With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5038different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5039group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5040you can find them here:
5041https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5042
5043For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5044 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5045
5046
5047==============================================================================
504814. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5049
5050There are three types of highlight groups:
5051- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5052 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5053 linked to a group of the second type.
5054- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5055- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5056 *hitest.vim*
5057You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5058 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5059This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5060in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005061
5062:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5063 attributes set.
5064
5065:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5066 List one highlight group.
5067
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005068 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005069:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005070 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005071 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5072 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005073 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005074
5075:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5076:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5077 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5078 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5079
5080:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5081 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005082 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005083 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005084 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005085 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5086 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5087 argument.
5088
5089Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5090default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5091highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5092values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5093the default value.
5094
5095A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5096a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5097
5098 :hi Comment gui=bold
5099
5100Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5101specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5102result is like this single command has been used: >
5103 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5104<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005105 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005106When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5107also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5108 :verbose hi Comment
5109< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005110 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005111
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005112When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5113mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005114
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005115 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5116There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5117term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005118cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005119 termcap entry)
5120gui the GUI
5121
5122For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5123the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5124
51251. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5126
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005127 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005128 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5129 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5130 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005131term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005132 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005133 following items (in any order):
5134 bold
5135 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005136 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005137 underdouble not always available
5138 underdotted not always available
5139 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005140 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005141 reverse
5142 inverse same as reverse
5143 italic
5144 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005145 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005146 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5147
5148 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5149 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005150 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005151 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005152 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005153 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5154 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5155 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5156 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5157 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5158
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005159< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5160 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5161 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5162 have to specify the codes like this: >
5163 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5164 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5165 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5166< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5167 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5168 fallback.
5169
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005170
5171start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5172stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5173 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5174 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5175
5176 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5177 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5178 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5179 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5180 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5181 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5182 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5183
5184 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5185
5186 1. A string with escape sequences.
5187 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5188 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5189 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5190 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5191
5192 2. A list of terminal codes.
5193 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5194 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5195 White space is not allowed. Example:
5196 start=t_C1,t_BL
5197 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5198
5199
52002. highlight arguments for color terminals
5201
5202cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5203 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5204 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5205 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5206 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005207 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5208 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5209 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005210
5211ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5212ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005213ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5214 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5215 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5216
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005217 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5218 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5219 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5220 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5221 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5222 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5223
5224 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5225 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5226 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5227 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5228 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005229 *tmux*
5230 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5231 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005232 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5233 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005234< More info at:
5235 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5236 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005237
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005238 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5239 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5240 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005241 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5242 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5243
5244 *cterm-colors*
5245 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5246 0 0 Black
5247 1 4 DarkBlue
5248 2 2 DarkGreen
5249 3 6 DarkCyan
5250 4 1 DarkRed
5251 5 5 DarkMagenta
5252 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5253 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5254 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5255 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5256 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5257 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5258 12 1* Red, LightRed
5259 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5260 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5261 15 7* White
5262
5263 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5264 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5265 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5266 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5267 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5268 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5269 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5270 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5271 a number instead of a color name.
5272
5273 The case of the color names is ignored.
5274 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005275 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5276 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005277
5278 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5279 colors!
5280
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005281 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5282
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005283 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5284 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5285 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5286 Example: >
5287 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5288< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005289 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5290 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5291 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5292 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5293 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005294 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005295 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005296 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005297
5298 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5299 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5300 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5301 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005302 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5303 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5304 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5305 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5306 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005307 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5308< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005309 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005310 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5311
5312
53133. highlight arguments for the GUI
5314
5315gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5316 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5317 See |attr-list| for a description.
5318 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5319 have the same effect.
5320 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5321
5322font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5323 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5324 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5325 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5326<
5327 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5328 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5329 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5330 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005331 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005332 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5333 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5334 changed.
5335 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5336 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5337 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005338 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5339 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5340 Example: >
5341 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005342
5343guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5344guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005345guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5346 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005347 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5348 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005349 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005350 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005351 bg use normal background color
5352 background use normal background color
5353 fg use normal foreground color
5354 foreground use normal foreground color
5355 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5356 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5357 Example: >
5358 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5359<
5360 *gui-colors*
5361 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5362 Red LightRed DarkRed
5363 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5364 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5365 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5366 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5367 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5368 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5369 Black White
5370 Orange Purple Violet
5371
5372 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5373 |win32-colors|.
5374
5375 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5376 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5377 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005378 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005379 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005380 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005381 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005382<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005383 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005384 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5385 example: >
5386
5387 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5388 # override it.
5389 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5390 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5391<
5392 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5393 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5394 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5395 scheme: >
5396
5397 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5398 colorscheme alt
5399<
5400 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5401 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5402 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5403 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5404 by a color scheme using: >
5405
5406 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5407 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5408<
5409
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005410 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5411These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5412'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5413of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5414command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005415When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5416unreadable use Visual selection.
5417
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005418 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005419ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005420 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005421Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5422 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005423 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005424Cursor Character under the cursor.
5425lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5426 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005427 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005428CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005429 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005430CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005431 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005432CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005433 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005434Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005435 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005436DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005437 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005438DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005439 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005440DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005441 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005442DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005443 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005444EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005445 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005446 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005447ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005448 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005449VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005450 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005451Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005452 *hl-FoldColumn*
5453FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5454 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005455SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005456 *hl-IncSearch*
5457IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005458 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005459 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005460LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005461 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005462 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5463LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5464 option is set, above the cursor line.
5465 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5466LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5467 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005468 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005469CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5470 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005471 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5472CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005473 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5474CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005475 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005476MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005477 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005478 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005479MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5480 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005481 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005482ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005483 *hl-MoreMsg*
5484MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5485 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005486NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5487 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5488 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5489 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5490 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005491 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005492Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005493 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005494Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005495 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005496PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005497 *hl-PmenuKind*
5498PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5499 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5500PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5501 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5502PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5503 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5504PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005505 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005506PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005507 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5508PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005509 *hl-PopupNotification*
5510PopupNotification
5511 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5512 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005513 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005514Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005515 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5516QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005517 *hl-Search*
5518Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005519 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005520 *hl-CurSearch*
5521CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005522 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5523 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005524 *hl-SpecialKey*
5525SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5526 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005527 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005528 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005529 *hl-SpellBad*
5530SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5531 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005532 *hl-SpellCap*
5533SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5534 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005535 *hl-SpellLocal*
5536SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5537 used in another region. |spell|
5538 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5539 *hl-SpellRare*
5540SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5541 hardly ever used. |spell|
5542 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005543 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005544StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005545 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5546StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005547 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005548 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005549 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005550StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005551 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005552StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5553 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005554 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005555TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005556 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005557TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005558 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005559TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005560 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005561Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005562 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005563Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005564 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005565Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005566 *hl-VisualNOS*
5567VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5568 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5569 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005570WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005571 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005572WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005573
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005574 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005575The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005576statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005577
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005578For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005579scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5580Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5581and guifg.
5582
5583 *hl-Menu*
5584Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5585 Also used for the toolbar.
5586 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5587
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005588 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005589 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5590 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5591 set.
5592
5593 *hl-Scrollbar*
5594Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5595 scrollbars.
5596 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5597
5598 *hl-Tooltip*
5599Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5600 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5601
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005602 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005603 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5604 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5605 set.
5606
5607==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100560815. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005609
5610When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5611can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5612group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5613
5614To set a link:
5615
5616 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5617
5618To remove a link:
5619
5620 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5621
5622Notes: *E414*
5623- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5624 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5625- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5626 removed.
5627- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5628 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5629 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5630 links for groups that already have settings.
5631
5632 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5633The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5634group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5635will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5636
5637Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5638specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5639 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5640If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5641 :highlight link cComment Question
5642Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5643overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5644
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005645To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5646highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5647another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5648"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5649 highlight! default link cComment Question
5650
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005651==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100565216. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005653
5654If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5655command: >
5656 :syntax clear
5657
5658This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5659or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5660in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5661load the syntax file.
5662The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5663loaded after this command.
5664
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005665To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5666 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5667This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5668
5669To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5670 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5671This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5672
5673 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005674If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5675the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5676 :syntax off
5677
5678What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5679 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5680See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5681$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5682
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005683 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5684If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5685defaults back: >
5686
5687 :syntax reset
5688
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005689It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5690affects the highlighting.
5691
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005692This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5693
5694Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5695back to their Vim default.
5696Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5697scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5698
5699What this actually does is: >
5700
5701 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5702 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5703
5704Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5705
5706 *syncolor*
5707If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5708script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5709'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5710the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5711reset" command.
5712
5713For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5714
5715 if &background == "light"
5716 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5717 else
5718 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5719 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005720<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005721 *E679*
5722Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5723'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5724endless loop.
5725
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005726Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5727your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5728depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5729
5730 *syntax_cmd*
5731The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5732syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005733 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005734 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005735 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5736 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5737 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005738 the colors.
5739 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5740 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5741 them.
5742
5743==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100574417. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005745
5746If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5747mappings.
5748
5749 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5750 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5751>
5752 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5753 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5754
5755WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5756memory Vim will consume.
5757
5758Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005759must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5760at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005761
5762Put these lines in your Makefile:
5763
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005764# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005765types: types.vim
5766types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005767 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005768 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5769 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5770
5771And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5772
5773 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005774 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005775 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005776 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005777 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5778
5779==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100578018. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005781
5782Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5783possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5784private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5785with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5786highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5787italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5788
5789To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5790windows on the buffer: >
5791 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005792< *w:current_syntax*
5793This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5794"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5795restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5796"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5797"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005798Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005799
5800Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005801on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005802syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005803same buffer.
5804
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005805A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5806is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5807When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005808
5809==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100581019. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005811
5812Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5813default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5814 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5815 : if has("terminfo")
5816 : set t_Co=8
5817 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5818 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5819 : else
5820 : set t_Co=8
5821 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5822 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5823 : endif
5824 :endif
5825< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5826
5827You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5828e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5829
5830Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5831be wrong.
5832 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5833The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5834But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5835 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5836 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5837<
5838 *colortest.vim*
5839To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005840To use it, execute this command: >
5841 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005842
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005843Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005844output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5845at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5846colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5847
5848 *xfree-xterm*
5849To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005850included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005851at: >
5852 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5853Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5854termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5855supports. >
5856 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5857If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5858(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5859
5860This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5861 :if has("terminfo")
5862 : set t_Co=16
5863 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5864 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5865 :else
5866 : set t_Co=16
5867 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5868 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5869 :endif
5870< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5871
5872Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5873translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5874Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5875
5876For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5877
5878 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5879 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5880
5881Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5882and try if that works.
5883
5884You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5885 XTerm*color0: #000000
5886 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5887 XTerm*color2: #008000
5888 XTerm*color3: #808000
5889 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5890 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5891 XTerm*color6: #008080
5892 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5893 XTerm*color8: #808080
5894 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5895 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5896 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5897 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5898 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5899 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5900 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5901 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5902
5903[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5904cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005905newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005906
5907To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5908Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5909 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5910<
5911 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5912To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5913Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5914these resources:
5915 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5916 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5917 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5918 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5919
5920 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005921These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005922foreground colors: >
5923 :if has("terminfo")
5924 : set t_Co=8
5925 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5926 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5927 :else
5928 : set t_Co=8
5929 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5930 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5931 :endif
5932< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5933
5934 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5935These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5936emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5937bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5938 :set t_Co=16
5939 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5940 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5941<
5942 *TTpro-telnet*
5943These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5944open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5945 set t_Co=16
5946 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5947 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5948Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5949that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5950(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5951
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005952
5953==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100595420. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005955
5956This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5957
5958If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5959faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5960as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5961
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005962Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005963You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5964
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005965To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5966sequence: >
5967 :syntime on
5968 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5969 :syntime report
5970
5971This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5972it took to match them against the text.
5973
5974:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5975 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5976 matching.
5977
5978:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5979
5980:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5981
5982:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5983 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5984 the output.
5985
5986 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5987 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5988 matching this pattern.
5989 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5990 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5991 matched
5992 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5993 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5994 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5995 this is not unique.
5996 PATTERN The pattern being used.
5997
5998Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
5999include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6000pattern does NOT match.
6001
6002When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6003all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6004literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6005
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006006"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006007 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006008"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006009
6010
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006011 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: